{"title":"Door Locks","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"economy-compact-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-key-wind-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Economy Compact Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Key Wind Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the TSS Multipoint Door Lock – a robust and versatile solution for your security needs. This lock features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for easy retrofitting, this economy 4 roller multipoint door lock is available with a 35mm backset, making it an ideal choice for various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Wind Function\u003c\/strong\u003e: Effortlessly secure your door with a simple turn of the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e: At 195mm high, the gearbox is engineered for compatibility with most leading brands, ensuring a seamless replacement process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 1800mm long faceplate minimizes the need for cutting, saving you valuable installation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever Option\u003c\/strong\u003e: Available in both 28mm and 35mm backsets (part numbers ECO4R28 and ECO4R35).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to throw and engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to \"unwind\" the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the rectangular cut-out on the gearbox and find the small pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the pin with the hole on the opposite side of the lock case by pushing the latch halfway into the case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a pin punch or small screwdriver to push the pin out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch, reverse it, and re-insert it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-insert the pin to secure the latch in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is suitable for both UPVC and aluminium doors, providing flexibility for various installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e: TSS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset\u003c\/strong\u003e: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ\u003c\/strong\u003e: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate\u003c\/strong\u003e: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 8mm\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding\u003c\/strong\u003e: Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking\u003c\/strong\u003e: 665mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1605mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Roller to Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: 745mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: 860mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material\u003c\/strong\u003e: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your door security with the TSS Multipoint Door Lock – where reliability meets convenience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TSS","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Key Wind","offer_id":43338952507481,"sku":"DF-ECO354RKW","price":109.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ECO354RKW_1_2.jpg?v=1779430683"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-roller-to-spindle-730mm-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top roller to spindle = 730mm) - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Avocet multipoint door lock is designed for durability and security, featuring a robust configuration that includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecognized for its unique locking positions, this lock is often referred to as the yellow version. It's important to distinguish it from the silver AVO352H2RSS, which has different roller positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce removed from the door, Avocet multipoint locks are easily identifiable. The faceplates typically bear the Avocet logo, although older models may display the \"WMS\" logo. The uniquely shaped gearboxes feature a cut-out that extends below the latch, aiding in the identification of multipoint locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginally, Avocet multipoint locks were available in various configurations, including hooks, rollers, and deadbolts. The earlier models were made from yellow passivated steel, giving them a distinctive brassy appearance. Recent iterations have transitioned to faceplates crafted from stainless steel or a Trivalent silver finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the locks evolved from yellow passivated to silver, many variations were phased out. Notable exceptions include the 2 roller and 2 mushroom lock, as well as a shorter version of the 3 deadbolt lock designed for caravans. If you need assistance finding suitable replacements for these locks, please reach out to us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome Avocet multipoint door locks also feature a \"sash lifter\" device, which was intended to ensure proper alignment between the sash and frame. However, since these devices are no longer available, we recommend replacing locks with the standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Avocet locks are designed with a 35mm backset, while the Affinity Bastion lock is tailored for composite doors, featuring a 45mm backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough some original Avocet multipoint 4 roller door locks have a single spindle and lift lever functionality, all current models are available only in a double spindle nightlatch configuration. The centres are positioned at 62mm and 92mm, but if nightlatch functionality is unnecessary, the lock can still function as a lift lever version using the top spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocks designed for PVCu with a flat 16mm faceplate can accommodate shootbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet gearboxes measure 218mm high plus the backset (add 15mm). The large cut-out in the top corner, extending below the latch, is a distinctive feature that aids in handle fitment, as the screws are positioned above the lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearboxes include a latch measuring 29mm high and a deadbolt at 34mm high, with an 82mm distance between the top of the deadbolt and the bottom of the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes are secured to the strip using arms connected by circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. While it is possible to remove a gearbox from a complete Avocet lock, we recommend replacing the entire unit. Note that the design of the arms has evolved; older gearboxes feature a flat clip, while newer versions have a slightly curved connecting arm, making swaps between old and new versions impossible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring the backset, remember to allow 2-3mm for the faceplate. Thus, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet hooks operate in opposing directions, with the top hook moving upwards and the bottom hook downwards. Hook boxes are 123mm high, and doors typically prepared to 150mm will accommodate the hook case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet deadbolts feature a 20mm throw made from nickel-plated brass, with a distinctive chamfered design that contrasts with the square design of Avocet hook cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers, also made from nickel-plated brass, serve to compress and pull the door against the frame, helping to prevent dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they assist in preventing door warping by providing support across the full height, contingent on the rollers being engaged in their keeps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation: Double Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo lock the door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo unlock the door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTested to:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100,000 cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a range of associated products for Avocet multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on the date of manufacture, either:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the hexagonal screw on the side of the lock case to remove the latch. Reverse, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOr undo the screw in the center of the latch, reverse, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock can be utilized as an UPVC door lock or an aluminium door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\" id=\"shortdescription\" data-role=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-data-simplebar\" data-simplebar=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure you have all the necessary information for your Avocet multipoint door lock, here’s a detailed guide on how to measure the key specifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door and locate the edge where the lock is installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is your backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), do the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is typically 92mm or 62mm, depending on your lock configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, you should:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the lock from the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check the thickness as well, as this can vary between models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the model. Typically, it involves:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngaging the latch by closing the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifting the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurning the key to secure the lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1245mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1555mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 580mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 665mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 825mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have any further questions or need assistance with your specific lock model, feel free to reach out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43339010179161,"sku":"DF-AVO352HB","price":78.92,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVO352HB_1_4.jpg?v=1779431777"},{"product_id":"economy-compact-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Economy Compact Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the TSS Multipoint Door Lock, designed for enhanced security and ease of use. This robust locking system features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensures a tight seal and increased resistance against forced entry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides an additional layer of security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e: Facilitates smooth operation for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift the Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Raise the handle upwards to engage all locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure the Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: Turn the key to lock the locking points and the main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnlock the System\u003c\/strong\u003e: Turn the key to disengage the locking mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisengage the Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Push the handle downwards to retract the latch and release the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint door lock is versatile and can be utilized in various door types, including UPVC and aluminum doors, making it an ideal choice for both residential and commercial properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: TSS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 665mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1605mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 745mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 860mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a perfect fit for your TSS Multipoint Door Lock, follow these simple measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for proper installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor the Centres PZ, measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This ensures that both components align correctly for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the correct size from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your TSS Multipoint Door Lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TSS","offers":[{"title":"28mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43338967318617,"sku":"DF-ECO4R28","price":24.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43338967351385,"sku":"DF-ECO4R35","price":24.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43338967384153,"sku":"DF-ECO4R45","price":24.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ECO4R35_1_2.avif?v=1779432594"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-740mm-shootbolt-compatible-copy","title":"Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Avocet Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock is engineered for security and durability, featuring a robust design that includes 4 rollers, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is crafted in Avocet's Trivalent silver finish, ensuring both aesthetic appeal and long-lasting performance, with gearboxes tested to withstand 100,000 operations.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSash Lifter Device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome Avocet locks feature a \"sash lifter\" device for optimal sash-to-frame alignment. However, since these are no longer available, we recommend replacing these locks with the standard versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset and Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Avocet locks come with a 35mm backset, while the Affinity Bastion lock is tailored for composite doors with a 45mm backset. Although earlier models featured a single spindle and lift lever functionality, current locks are exclusively available in a double spindle nightlatch configuration. The centers are positioned at 62mm and 92mm, allowing for versatility in installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet gearboxes measure 218mm high plus the backset (add 15mm). The unique large cutout in the top corner aids in handle fitment, with screws located above the lever. The latch measures 29mm high, while the deadbolt is 34mm high, with an 82mm distance between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGearboxes are secured by arms connected with circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. While it is possible to remove a gearbox from a full Avocet lock, we recommend replacing the entire unit for optimal performance. Note that the design of the arms has evolved, making swaps between older and newer gearboxes incompatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo lock the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo unlock the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet locks are tested to BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4 for corrosion resistance and are designed to endure 100,000 cycles, ensuring reliability and longevity in various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 385mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1575mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 815mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346048581721,"sku":"DF-AVO354R","price":51.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVO354R_1_2.avif?v=1779522271"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-4-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Avocet Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock is engineered for security and durability, featuring a robust design that includes 4 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is available in a sleek Trivalent silver finish, with a stainless steel option available by special order for environments that demand extra resilience.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSash Lifter Device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain Avocet locks included a \"sash lifter\" device for optimal sash alignment, but these are no longer produced. We recommend replacing these locks with standard versions for better performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset and Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Avocet locks feature a 35mm backset, with the Affinity Bastion lock designed for composite doors offering a 45mm backset. While older models may have a single spindle and lift lever functionality, current versions are exclusively available in a double spindle nightlatch configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet gearboxes measure 218mm high, with a backset plus an additional 15mm. The unique cut-out design assists with handle fitment, as screw placements are above the lever. The latch and deadbolt heights are 29mm and 34mm, respectively, with an 82mm distance between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGearboxes are secured by arms connected with circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. Although it is possible to remove a gearbox, we recommend replacing the entire unit for optimal performance. Be aware that the design of the arms has evolved, making older and newer gearboxes incompatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo operate the lock:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability and Testing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock boasts corrosion resistance rated at BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4 and has been tested for 100,000 cycles, ensuring long-lasting performance and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 790mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1420mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 575mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 670mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 750mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Avocet multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This is crucial for ensuring a proper fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This will help you select the correct lock configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures compatibility with the new lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can confidently select the right specifications for your Avocet multipoint door lock, ensuring optimal performance and security.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346173886553,"sku":"DF-AVO354R2HB","price":76.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVO354R_1_2.avif?v=1779522271"},{"product_id":"lift-lever-french-door-passive-lock-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Lift Lever French Door Passive Lock - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Avocet Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock is specifically designed for the passive door in a pair of French doors, ensuring security and ease of use without locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This lock includes attachments for shootbolts and is available in a Trivalent silver finish, with a stainless steel option available upon special request for harsher environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Once removed from the door, Avocet locks are easily identifiable by their faceplates, typically stamped with the Avocet logo. Older models may feature the \"WMS\" logo. The unique gearbox shape, with a cut-out extending below the latch, aids in identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfigurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Originally, Avocet locks came in various configurations, including hooks, rollers, and deadbolts. Recent updates have transitioned to stainless steel or Trivalent silver finishes, phasing out older yellow passivated steel versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSash Lifter Device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some models included a \"sash lifter\" for improved alignment, though these are no longer available. We recommend standard replacements for these locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most locks are designed with a 35mm backset, while the Affinity Bastion lock caters to composite doors with a 45mm backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Current models feature a double spindle nightlatch configuration, with centers at 62mm and 92mm. If nightlatch functionality is unnecessary, the lock can still operate as a lift lever version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Avocet locks designed for PVCu with a flat 16mm faceplate can accept shootbolts, enhancing security options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 218mm high x backset + 15mm, with a distinctive large cut-out in the top corner for handle fitment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e The latch measures 29mm high, while the deadbolt is 34mm high, with an 82mm distance between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured by arms connected with circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. While gearbox removal is possible, we recommend replacing the entire unit for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when detached from the strip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compliant with BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4, tested for durability up to 100,000 cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1955mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43346197348441,"sku":"DF-AVOCETSLAVE","price":94.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVOCETSLAVE_1.avif?v=1779527671"},{"product_id":"passive-lock-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Passive Lock Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis multipoint door lock is a reliable choice for enhancing the security of your French doors, particularly for the passive door in a pair. With its unique design and robust features, it stands out in the UK residential door market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is compatible with shootbolts and boasts a 16mm faceplate, making it versatile for various door types. The innovative configuration places the deadbolt above the latch, which simplifies identification and installation. The deadbolt's 25mm throw and direct drive mechanism ensure superior security compared to other locks, which typically offer a 20mm throw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvantis has quickly gained recognition since its establishment in 2006, thanks to the expertise of its founder, a former CEO of Millenco. This background ensures that even though the brand is relatively new, it brings a wealth of knowledge to the market, leading to an increasing demand for repairs and replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearboxes of Avantis locks are particularly noteworthy, featuring a distinctive grooved deadbolt that measures 30mm high and extends 25mm when thrown. The precise measurements and unique design allow for compatibility with both double spindle nightlatch functionality and standard lift lever operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with gearboxes fixed to the faceplate using four screws, ensuring a secure fit. The operation of the lock is user-friendly, allowing for easy locking and unlocking with a simple lift of the handle and a turn of the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTested to rigorous standards, including PAS24 and BS6375, this lock offers excellent corrosion resistance and durability, having been tested for 50,000 cycles. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those looking to enhance their security further, a range of associated products is available, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring that you have everything you need for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're considering an UPVC, aluminium, timber, or composite door, the Avantis multipoint door lock is a dependable option that combines functionality with advanced security features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Avantis\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select from drop-down \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/62mm \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select from drop-down\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passive lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select from drop-down\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accurate measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is your backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This will give you the PZ measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate or the area where the faceplate will be installed to determine the correct size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for ensuring a proper fit and optimal security for your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avantis","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43351018405977,"sku":"DF-AV535","price":113.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AV535_1_1.avif?v=1779767795"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-1","title":"Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Elite Multipoint Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite multipoint lock is designed for versatility and durability, featuring a single spindle Roto gearbox that caters to a variety of applications. Manufactured in Europe, this lock is enhanced with a \"Silbear\" coating, providing an impressive 480 hours of salt spray protection, ensuring longevity even in harsh environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification and Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo identify an Elite lock, look for the stamped Elite logo on the faceplate. This gearbox includes a slot and a small hole below it, designed for bolt-through handles. Notably, Elite has taken over the production of these locks from Roto-Frank, maintaining the same tooling and specifications as the original locks, with the added benefit of the new Silbear coating. You may recognize these locks from our catalogues as the MVD range or \"Roto mark 2\" locks. While the gearboxes cannot be swapped with the original locks, a complete lock replacement is straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElite locks come in both standard and compact versions, suitable for shorter doors, maintaining a consistent handle height of 950mm while having an overall length of 1810mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Options\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35mm single spindle lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35mm or 45mm double spindle lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGearbox height: 200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: +19mm (account for an additional 2mm for the faceplate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt and Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt projection: 20mm, height: 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch height: 30mm, projection: 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 63mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentre Measurements\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioned at 62mm and 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop spindle: 122mm from the bottom of the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lock utilizes rollers to compress and secure the door against the frame, minimizing dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they help prevent warping by supporting the door's full height when engaged. Elite rollers are adjustable by +\/- 1.2mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw on the side of the lock case adjacent to the latch, remove it, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is commonly used in UPVC and aluminium doors, making it a versatile choice for various installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also stock a range of accessories for Elite Standard multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and more, ensuring you have everything you need for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Elite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 750mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1775mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 810mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 920mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351155048537,"sku":"DF-FU856C135","price":56.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU856C135_1_4.jpg?v=1779773983"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-4-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Elite Standard Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite Standard multipoint door lock is engineered for security and durability, featuring a robust design with 4 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock serves as a direct replacement for select older Roto locks, making it a versatile choice for various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Piece Keep:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplifies the replacement of hard-to-find or discontinued locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean Manufacturing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted with precision and quality, featuring a \"Silbear\" coating that provides 480 hours of salt spray protection, ensuring longevity and resistance to corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifiable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Look for the Elite logo stamped on the faceplate. The gearbox includes a slot and a small hole for bolt-through handles, enhancing compatibility and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegacy Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e These locks are manufactured using the same tooling as the original Roto-Frank locks, ensuring a seamless transition for users familiar with the MVD range or \"Roto mark 2\" locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in standard and compact versions for shorter doors, maintaining a consistent handle height of 950mm while offering a shorter overall length of 1810mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200mm high x backset + 19mm. Remember to account for 2mm for the faceplate when measuring the backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt and Latch Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt: Projects 20mm, 32mm high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 30mm high, projects 10mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 63mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentre Positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62mm and 92mm, with the top spindle positioned 122mm from the bottom of the case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rollers can be adjusted by +\/- 1.2mm for optimal weather sealing, ensuring a tight fit against the frame to prevent dust and water ingress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSalt Spray Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock has been rigorously tested to EN1675 Grade 5 standards, ensuring exceptional performance in harsh environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a range of compatible products, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories for the Elite Standard multipoint door locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw, remove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw for easy customization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint door lock combines security, ease of use, and adaptability, making it an excellent choice for your door locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Elite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1190mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1670mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 860mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 810mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive specification ensures that you have all the necessary details for selecting and installing the Elite Standard multipoint door lock, providing security and peace of mind for your property.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43351165730905,"sku":"DF-EDLS4R2H","price":81.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/EDLS4R2H_1.jpg?v=1779774611"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hooks-4-rollers-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 3 Hooks 4 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Hookbolt Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock is engineered for security and reliability, featuring a robust design with 4 rollers, 3 hooks, and 1 latch. This lock is a popular choice in the UK market, known for its versatility and ease of installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand Identification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA locks may be stamped with various brand names, including Homesafe, Surelock, Saracen, Spartan, Duraflex, Supa, Westward, or Cego. It's essential to recognize that many companies rebrand ERA locks, which can lead to confusion. Look for the ERA logo on the faceplate, but be aware that some brands may have different markings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoldback Snib\u003c\/strong\u003e: The holdback snib color can indicate the lock type—grey for deadbolt and hook bolt locks, blue for Vectis locks. Note that some brands may use black or green snibs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e: This feature simplifies replacements, focusing on one locking function, except for the auto-locking SureFire locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The ERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are square with no corner cutouts, measuring 221mm in length. They come in 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm backsets, all sharing the same dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint locks utilize two hook locking arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for tight routing situations, featuring one of the smallest hook cases available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Steel Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: A larger hook case that may require modifications to the door for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth hooks are bi-directional, enhancing security by throwing the top hook upwards and the bottom hook downwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRollers and Compression\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers play a crucial role in compressing the door against the frame, preventing dust and water ingress while supporting the door's structure. They are adjustable by +\/- 1mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance and Testing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock meets BS EN 1670:2007 Grade 4 Corrosion Resistance standards (240 hours) and has been endurance tested for 50,000 cycles. It is designed to comply with PAS24:2012 requirements for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for ERA Hookbolt multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring you have everything needed for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the screws in the latch to remove it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverse the latch, reinsert it, and replace the screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1430mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2250mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 610mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 610mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 715mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 715mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This will help you select the correct lock that aligns with your door's existing holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This will ensure that the new lock's faceplate fits seamlessly into the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measuring guidelines, you can confidently select the right specifications for your ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351176020057,"sku":"DF-68350085AA","price":184.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/68350085AA_1.avif?v=1779775147"},{"product_id":"passive-lock-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-interlocking-composite-door-version","title":"Passive Lock Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock - Interlocking Composite Door Version","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Passive Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Passive multipoint door lock is designed specifically for the passive door in a pair of French doors, ensuring both security and ease of use. This lock operates without locking points and is compatible with the ERA 7145 deadbolt, providing a comprehensive locking solution for your French doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Passive Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for the secondary door in French door setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegration with Primary Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works seamlessly with a standard multipoint door lock on the main door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Utilizes shootbolts to firmly secure the secondary door leaf to the frame when locked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a variety of associated products for the ERA Passive multipoint door lock, including keeps, spindles, handles, and other accessories to enhance your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e This passive door lock is unhanded and does not feature a latch, making it versatile for various installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for both timber and composite doors, ensuring a secure fit for your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2120mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a perfect fit for your ERA Passive multipoint door lock, here are some quick tips on how to measure the essential components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the measurement is taken straight across for accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock aligns properly with the handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf replacing, ensure the new faceplate matches these dimensions for a seamless installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can confidently select the correct specifications for your door lock installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351180607577,"sku":"DF-7545113579","price":125.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/7545113579_1_3.jpg?v=1779775598"},{"product_id":"vectis-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-split-spindle-flat-44mm-white-faceplate-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Vectis Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Split Spindle Flat 44mm White Faceplate Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Vectis Deadbolt Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Vectis Deadbolt multipoint door lock is engineered for security and convenience, featuring a robust design with 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is versatile and can be identified by various branding, including Homesafe, Surelock, Saracen, Spartan, Duraflex, Supa, Westward, or Cego.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to replace GU, Lockmaster, and Winkhaus locks without requiring new routing positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Look for a 5 lever mortice lock key or a UK keyhole to confirm it’s an ERA Vectis. The holdback snib color can also be a clue—grey for deadbolt and hook bolt locks, blue for Vectis locks, though some brands may vary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e All ERA Vectis locks utilize a split spindle mechanism, simplifying replacements by focusing on one locking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLever Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same levers as the British Standard ERA Fortress mortice lock allow for keying alike with traditional timber doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Distinctive square design with no corner cutouts, measuring 221mm in length and a width based on the backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 35mm or 45mm backsets, with all gearboxes sharing the same dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Specs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a 24mm high latch and a 30mm high deadbolt, with specific screw hole measurements for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo lock, lift the handle to engage locking points and turn the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo unlock, turn the key and push the handle down to disengage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hook locking arrangements: a standard hook for tight spaces and a larger security steel hook for enhanced protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBi-directional hooks for added security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability and Compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets BS EN 1670:2007 Grade 4 standards (240 hours).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEndurance Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to withstand 50,000 cycles and compliant with PAS24:2012 standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a range of associated products for the ERA Vectis Deadbolt multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories to ensure a complete solution for your locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screws, remove the latch, reverse it, and reinsert before replacing the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1395mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2090mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 728mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 667mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This will give you the backset measurement needed for proper fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This ensures that both components align correctly for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the correct size from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock refers to how it functions when locking and unlocking. Ensure to select the appropriate option from the drop-down based on your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any additional questions or further assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 44mm - White Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351185260633,"sku":"DF-9935901ZA","price":147.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/9935901ZA_1.jpg?v=1779776154"},{"product_id":"2025-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-scandinavian-cylinder-version","title":"2025 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock (Scandinavian Cylinder Version)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: FIX Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FIX multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is versatile and can be identified by the FIX2025 or Yale stamp on the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock serves as a replacement for the FIX2150 and FIX2151 models, with some necessary adjustments. Certain models may have specific hook positions, and custom orders are available for made-to-measure options. Note that earlier versions of this lock utilized wedgebolts instead of hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured in Sweden, FIX multipoint locks are known for their unique configurations. The 2025 series remains the only model currently available, featuring two hooks spaced 1445mm apart. Previous models may have different locking point positions, and Fix offers a bespoke service to accommodate various specifications, which may require some modifications to the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModels:\u003c\/strong\u003e FIX 2025, 2150, 2151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Primarily for timber doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat 25mm with round ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish oval cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and the main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnscrew the 2 screws on the side of the lockcase nearest to the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the gearbox from the strip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwist the latch to reverse it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReconnect the case to the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a variety of associated products for the FIX 2025 multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and other accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is suitable for various applications, including UPVC, aluminum, timber multipoint, and composite doors, ensuring a secure and reliable locking solution for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: FIX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1445mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1820mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 675mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This will help you determine the correct PZ measurement for your lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures that the new faceplate will fit seamlessly into the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock refers to how the locking mechanism is engaged and disengaged. This can vary based on the type of cylinder used and the specific design of the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FIX","offers":[{"title":"50mm \/ Flat 25mm - Round Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351190405209,"sku":"DF-FIX2025","price":242.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FIX2025_1_2.jpg?v=1779776575"},{"product_id":"856-type-4-latch-deadbolt-4-hooks-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"870 Emergency Exit Latch Deadbolt 2 Pins Panic Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 870 Panic Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 870 Panic multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and emergency exit compliance. This robust locking system features two steel round bolts, a latch, and a deadbolt, ensuring reliable performance in both public and non-public buildings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance Standards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets EN 1125 and EN 179 standards, making it suitable for various building types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Exit Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows for easy exit from the inside at any time, while providing secure access from the outside with a key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two configurations are available:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith Outside Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a silver backplate and knob handle set for easy operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout Outside Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for enhanced security without external access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Door Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3-piece lock is available for slave leaves, ensuring security behind false mullions with shootbolt extensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always use a CES free movement cylinder to comply with EN standards for panic or emergency escape doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePin Bolts: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Pin to Spindle: 729mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Pin to Spindle: 762mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 870 Panic multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the door is closed for an accurate reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis measurement is crucial for proper alignment and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to account for any additional features or cutouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can ensure that your lock installation will be seamless and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Panic","offer_id":43351196336217,"sku":"DF-FU870T835","price":388.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU870T835_1_1.jpg?v=1780045691"},{"product_id":"859-type-19-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"856 Type 6 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock (2 part lock)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 856 - Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 856 multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust mechanism that includes 2 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is primarily suited for UPVC doors but is versatile enough to fit various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The unique lift lever function requires the handle to be lifted to engage the locking points, ensuring a secure closure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e While commonly used in UPVC doors, the Fuhr 856 lock is adaptable to different door materials and styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearbox is easily identifiable once removed from the door, characterized by its triangular shape and the name stamped on the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt throws 20mm for standard locks, with variations for 25mm and 30mm backset locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearbox measures 220mm in length, with a width of 18mm. The latch and deadbolt are both 31mm high, with a 61mm distance between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pre-fitted ball bearing and spring provide a positive locking experience, distinguishing Fuhr locks from others on the market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr lock or gearbox, be aware of potential differences in latch height. Older models may have a 28mm high latch, while newer versions feature a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused in the new lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBifold Door Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be cautious of 30mm gearboxes used in bifold doors, as they are not interchangeable with the standard 856 gearbox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook and Roller Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuhr hooks throw 20mm and are designed to throw upwards, while roller cams travel 19mm with an adjustment range of +\/- 0.8mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 710mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1060mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1410mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 765mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 720mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 370mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 856 lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for proper fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler to measure this accurately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine its width and length. This will ensure compatibility with your door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSelect the operation type from the drop-down menu based on your door's requirements. This will help in choosing the right locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure that your Fuhr 856 lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"30mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43360543866969,"sku":"DF-FU856T630","price":202.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43351217635417,"sku":"DF-FU856T635","price":184.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU856T630_1_1.jpg?v=1780045315"},{"product_id":"859-type-17-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"859 Type 1 Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 859 multipoint door lock is designed for versatility and security, featuring a robust configuration of 4 rollers, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is suitable for all door types, making it an ideal choice for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 859 series incorporates a split spindle mechanism, allowing for seamless operation similar to the 856 and 855 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuhr UPVC door locks are built on a common platform, ensuring compatibility across various versions. While the positioning of hooks, rollers, and locking points may vary, the core functionality remains consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward once removed from the door. The unique gearbox design, characterized by a triangular shape at the top, ensures easy recognition. The name \"Fuhr\" is typically stamped on the faceplate for additional verification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Throw:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm x width + 18mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31mm each, with a 61mm gap between them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 screws secure the gearbox to the faceplate, with specific distances between screws for accurate installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Security Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr locks come equipped with a pre-fitted ball bearing and spring mechanism, providing a more secure locking experience. This feature enhances the locking feel when the handle is operated, ensuring reliable performance. Be cautious of replacement gearboxes that may lack this essential component; Duffells' replacement gearboxes include these fittings for a hassle-free swap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock or gearbox, be aware of potential latch height differences. Older models may feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a height of 33mm. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Note on Bifold Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor bifold doors, particularly Smarts Aluminium doors, ensure you check for 30mm gearboxes, as these are not interchangeable with the standard 856 gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1510mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 780mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring proper fit and function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This is typically 92mm for the Fuhr 859 lock, ensuring compatibility with standard door fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This ensures that the new lock will fit seamlessly into the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications and measuring guidelines will help you select the right components for your Fuhr 859 multipoint door lock installation, ensuring optimal security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"30mm \/ Split 8mm Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43360457228377,"sku":"DF-FU859SST130","price":193.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43351217930329,"sku":"DF-FU859SST135","price":144.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU859SST130_1.avif?v=1780039596"},{"product_id":"859-type-4-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-16mm-faceplate-top-hook-to-spindle-730mm","title":"859 Type 4 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - 16mm Faceplate (top hook to spindle = 730mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and versatility, featuring 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for various door types, ensuring a reliable locking mechanism for your home or business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 859 series incorporates a split spindle design, allowing for seamless operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for all door types, this multipoint lock is comparable to the 856 and 855 versions, with the main distinction being the split spindle feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward once removed from the door. The unique gearbox shape, particularly the triangular top adjacent to the fixing screw, makes recognition easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt throws 20mm, with specific models (25mm and 30mm backset) throwing 14mm. The gearbox dimensions are 220mm x width + 18mm, ensuring a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pre-fitted ball bearing and spring provide a positive locking experience, distinguishing Fuhr locks from others on the market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock, be aware of potential latch height differences. Older models feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by simply reversing it during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring you have everything needed for a complete installation or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the screw located on the side of the lock case next to the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint door lock is a reliable choice for those seeking security and functionality in their locking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This is typically 92mm for the Fuhr 859 lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This ensures compatibility with the new lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the specific model and installation. Ensure to select the correct operation type from the drop-down menu based on your door's requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351575691353,"sku":"DF-FU859T445SS","price":227.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU859T445SS_1.jpg?v=1779790501"},{"product_id":"855-type-4-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-key-wind-operated-multipoint-door-lock","title":"855 Type 4 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Key Wind Operated Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 855 - Key Wind Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 855 multipoint door lock is designed for security and convenience, featuring a robust mechanism with 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This key wind lock is suitable for all door types, ensuring versatility in installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Security:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock engages multiple points of contact, enhancing door security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Wind Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Operated by a key, requiring two full turns to fully engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recognizable by its unique gearbox design, making identification straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt throw: 20mm (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGearbox dimensions: 220mm x width + 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch and deadbolt height: 31mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifying Your Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Look for the triangular shape on the gearbox and the name stamped on the faceplate for easy identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be aware of potential differences in latch height between older and newer models (28mm vs. 33mm). If the old latch is intact, it can be reused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to retract the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn further retracts the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a variety of associated products for the Fuhr 855, including keeps, spindles, handles, and other accessories to complement your lock installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e To reverse the latch, simply undo the screw adjacent to the latch, remove it, reverse its position, and reinsert it before replacing the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive overview ensures you have all the necessary information for the Fuhr 855 multipoint door lock, providing security and ease of use for your door systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a proper fit for your Fuhr 855 multipoint door lock, follow these measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is crucial for selecting the correct backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler or tape measure for accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine its width and length. This will help you select the appropriate faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these instructions, you can ensure that your lock installation is seamless and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Key Wind","offer_id":43351596728409,"sku":"DF-FU855T445","price":294.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU855T445_1.jpg?v=1779793311"},{"product_id":"xl-lift-lever-passive-lock","title":"XL Latch Hook 4 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex XL Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fullex XL multipoint door lock is engineered for maximum security and reliability, featuring a robust design that includes 4 rollers, 1 hook, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for homeowners seeking enhanced protection for their properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL lock incorporates three hooks, two steel anti-lift pins, and the option for either two or four roller cams, ensuring a secure fit and smooth operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Spindle Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied with a double spindle gearbox, the XL can function as a double spindle nightlatch, providing versatility in locking mechanisms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Identification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying an XL lock is straightforward. The faceplate is stamped with the Fullex logo, and the unique cut-out in the top corner of the gearbox distinguishes it from other locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL range includes various locks with hooks, anti-lift pins, and rollers positioned differently relative to the spindle. Ensure accurate measurements against our product specifications for the correct fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each XL lock is extendable at both the top and bottom, allowing for customization. When paired with Fullex high-security shoot bolts, the XL door system meets PAS24 requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 35mm and 45mm backsets, all gearboxes measure 227mm high plus the backset + 15mm. They attach to their strips with three equidistant screws, with the middle screw positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The upward-throwing hook is made from Dacromet coated A3 sintered steel, measuring approximately 23mm high, while the chrome-plated A3 hardened cast steel hooks ensure durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rollers assist in compressing the door against the frame, preventing dust and water ingress, and help maintain the door's shape. They are adjustable by +\/- 1mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability and Compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated BS EN 1670 Grade 4 for 240 hours, ensuring longevity in various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tested for 200,000 operations, demonstrating reliability and endurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Standards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fullex XL hook locks meet Secured by Design requirements and are suitable for use on PAS24 compliant door sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 719mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1409mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 690mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 719mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a perfect fit for your Fullex XL multipoint door lock, follow these measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe standard measurement for PZ is either 92mm or 62mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and length of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check the thickness of the door to select the appropriate faceplate from the drop-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your Fullex XL lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43351602790489,"sku":"DF-XL354RSSF16","price":84.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/XL354RSSF16_1.avif?v=1780113384"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-20mm-flat-faceplate-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 20mm Flat Faceplate Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for security and reliability, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is equipped with a 20mm flat faceplate and is specifically available in a 45mm backset, making it ideal for timber doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSECURY Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU multipoint door locks are part of the \"SECURY\" range, with the lever and split spindle operated versions branded as \"Europa.\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in lift lever or split spindle nightlatch operation, ensuring versatility for various door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. Older models may differ in style, so it's essential to check for compatibility when replacing locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU has transitioned from older to newer lock styles over the past decade. If you have an old lock, you may be able to repair it with a replacement gearbox. However, for a complete replacement, the new version can be installed, though some adjustments to the deadbolt and latch keep may be necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa locks feature a combination of hooks, deadbolts, and rollers. Depending on the model, locks may have inbound or outbound rollers, which can affect measurements. Always verify product descriptions for accurate specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHistorical Context:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced in 1979, the GU-SECURY multi-point locking system has evolved significantly, with innovations like the self-locking mechanism launched in 1996. The new style gearboxes offer a wide range of operations and backsets, ensuring compatibility with modern door designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and backset + 16mm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch is 32mm high, deadbolt is 35mm high, with a 54mm distance from the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured with 3 screws, with specific distances between them for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories to enhance your door security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor latch reversal, insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the rectangular slot above the spindle and pull out the latch simultaneously. Reverse the process to reinsert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis detailed overview ensures you have all the necessary information to understand, install, and maintain your GU Europa multipoint door lock effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1395mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 735mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your GU Europa multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your PZ measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check the thickness to ensure compatibility with your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for selecting the correct components and ensuring a proper fit for your door lock system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 20mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351619240025,"sku":"DF-63220204","price":123.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63220204_1.jpg?v=1779795365"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-inboard-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-726mm","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Inboard Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 726mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration that includes 2 Rollers, 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch. This lock is part of the GU \"SECURY\" range, known for its reliability and innovative design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Locking System:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock operates with multiple locking points, ensuring a secure fit against the door frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle nightlatch options, catering to various user preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Identification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate, making it straightforward to confirm authenticity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e While older GU locks may require specific replacement parts, the new style locks can often be retrofitted with minimal adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an old GU lock with a new version, some adjustments may be necessary, particularly with the centre deadbolt and latch keep. It's advisable to update the keeps to accommodate the thicker deadbolts of the new locks, ensuring optimal performance and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa locks utilize a combination of hooks, deadbolts, and rollers. The rollers serve to compress the door against the frame, enhancing weather sealing and preventing warping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the deadbolt and locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to disengage the lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor latch reversal, simply insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the rectangular slot above the spindle and pull out the latch while reversing and reinserting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories to enhance your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is a reliable choice for those seeking security and ease of use. With its innovative design and compatibility with various door types, it stands out as a top option in the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 726mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 764mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 344mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 356mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your GU Europa multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is crucial for selecting the correct backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler or tape measure for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, check the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the right option from the drop-down menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can ensure that your GU Europa multipoint door lock fits perfectly and operates smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351657545817,"sku":"DF-63259801","price":116.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63259801_1.jpg?v=1779795844"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-inboard-rollers-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-726mm","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Inboard Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 726mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration that includes 2 Rollers, 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch. This lock is part of the \"SECURY\" range, known for its reliability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock operates with a combination of hooks and rollers, providing a secure closure while also ensuring compression against the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle configurations, the GU Europa lock adapts to various door designs and user preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. For older doors, be aware that the lock may be an original style, which differs from the newer versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you have an old GU lock, it may be possible to repair it with a replacement gearbox. However, for a complete lock replacement, the new version can be installed with some adjustments to the deadbolt and latch keeps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock Alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most locking points will align with existing keeps, but some adjustments may be necessary, especially if transitioning from older to newer models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e New style GU gearboxes measure 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and vary in backset sizes (28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, and 55mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e The locks feature two types of hooks: the slim \"flip hook\" and the traditional \"rhino hook,\" both designed for optimal security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rollers assist in compressing the door against the frame, enhancing weather sealing and preventing warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the deadbolt and locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories to ensure complete functionality and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Night Latch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on the manufacturing date, either undo the screws in the latch, remove, reverse, and reinsert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNight Latch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the slot above the spindle and pull out the latch while reversing and reinserting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis detailed overview ensures you have all the necessary information to understand, install, and operate the GU Europa multipoint door lock effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351664918617,"sku":"DF-63260801","price":129.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63260801_1.avif?v=1779796413"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-20mm-flat-faceplate-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 20mm Flat Faceplate Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is specifically crafted with a 20mm flat faceplate and is available in a 45mm backset, making it ideal for timber doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSECURY Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU multipoint door locks fall under the \"SECURY\" range, with the lever and split spindle operated versions branded as \"Europa.\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle nightlatch operations, these locks provide flexibility for various door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. Be mindful that older doors may have the original style locks, which differ from the current models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOld vs. New Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU has transitioned from old to new style locks over the past decade. If you have an old lock case (noted by a cut-out corner), you may repair it with a replacement gearbox. However, for a complete lock replacement, the new version can be installed with some adjustments to the deadbolt and latch keeps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most locking point positions will align, but minor adjustments may be necessary, especially if the new deadbolts are thicker than the originals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU Europa locks utilize hooks, deadbolts, and rollers. Depending on the model, rollers may be inbound or outbound, affecting measurements and configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e New style GU gearboxes are available in various operations and backsets, including 28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, and 55mm. The gearboxes are distinguished by their design, with new versions featuring a vertical groove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU multipoint lock gearboxes measure 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and vary in width based on the backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e To lock the door, lift the handle to engage the locking points, then turn the key. To unlock, turn the key and push the handle down to disengage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring you have everything needed for installation and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Nightlatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on the manufacturing date, you may need to undo screws in the latch, reverse it, and reinsert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to disengage the latch for reversal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further assistance or to explore our product range, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1390mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your GU Europa multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler to measure this distance accurately to ensure compatibility with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock (if applicable) and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This will help you select the correct faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen selecting the operation type from the drop-down, consider whether you need a lift lever or split spindle operation based on your door's design and usage requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further assistance or to explore our product range, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 20mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351668392025,"sku":"DF-63261601","price":138.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63261601_1.jpg?v=1779796766"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-rollers-2-mushrooms-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Rollers 2 Mushrooms Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration that includes 2 Rollers, 2 Mushrooms, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch. This innovative locking system is part of the \"SECURY\" range, known for its reliability and advanced security features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock incorporates a split spindle version, providing flexibility in operation while ensuring robust security through its roller and mushroom mechanisms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle nightlatch options, the GU Europa locks cater to various user preferences and door configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Identification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate, ensuring authenticity and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOld vs. New Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU has transitioned from older lock designs to modern versions. If you're replacing an old lock, it's crucial to check for compatibility, especially regarding the gearbox and locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment Requirements:\u003c\/strong\u003e When replacing old locks with new ones, some adjustments may be necessary to align deadbolts and latches with existing keeps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Steps:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the handle to engage all locking points, then turn the key to secure the deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the key to disengage the lock, then push the handle down to retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e New style GU gearboxes are available in various backsets and operations, ensuring a wide range of options for different door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU-SECURY MR system enhances protection against forced entry, while rollers assist in compression and weather sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e A variety of associated products, including keeps, spindles, and handles, are available to complement the GU Europa multipoint door locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e For latch reversal, simply undo the screw, reverse the latch, and reinsert it. Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to assist in the process if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMushrooms: 2  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 670mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1610mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2285mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 279mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 391mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Mushroom to Spindle: 749mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Mushroom to Spindle: 861mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis detailed product specification provides essential information for selecting and installing the GU Europa multipoint door lock, ensuring you have all the necessary measurements and options at your fingertips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351671439449,"sku":"DF-63277201","price":117.47,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63277201_1.jpg?v=1779797226"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-3-deadbolts-multipoint-door-lock-fast-locking","title":"Europa Latch 3 Deadbolts Multipoint Door Lock - Fast Locking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Plus Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa Plus multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security, featuring 3 deadbolts and 1 latch for robust protection. This innovative locking system is part of the GU range known as \"SECURY,\" with the fast locking versions branded as \"Europa Plus.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Europa Plus lock deadlocks the locking points automatically without the need to turn the key, providing convenience and security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Locking Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e To engage the lock, simply lift the handle upwards. Unlocking requires turning the key, followed by pushing down the handle to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. Note that older models may differ in style, so ensure compatibility when replacing locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Europa range includes locks with hooks, deadbolts, or rollers, but the Europa Plus is exclusively available with a 35mm backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHistorical Context:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced in 1979 at the Deubau Trade Fair in Essen, Germany, the GU-SECURY multi-point locking system has evolved over the years, with significant advancements such as the first self-locking system launched in 1996.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Differences:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew style GU locks can be distinguished from older versions by the shape of the gearbox. The new style features a vertical groove, while the old style has a corner removed. Compatibility is crucial, as these gearboxes are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes measure 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and are 16mm wide, with a latch height of 32mm and a deadbolt height of 35mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed to faceplates with 3 screws, the distance between screws is 108mm from top to middle and 92mm from middle to bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage and lock the locking points without turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the GU Europa Plus multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories to ensure complete functionality and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the small rectangular slot above the spindle while pulling out the latch. Reverse the process to reinsert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1228mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2285mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Deadbolt to Spindle: 568mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Deadbolt to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, determine the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This is typically 92mm for the GU Europa Plus lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. Ensure to select the correct dimensions from the drop-down options to match your door's specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the specific model. Ensure to select the appropriate operation type from the drop-down menu based on your locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have any further questions or need assistance with measurements, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Fast Locking","offer_id":43351675830361,"sku":"DF-G1877222","price":155.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/G1877222_1.jpg?v=1779797599"},{"product_id":"c-ts-latch-deadbolt-2-rollers-2-hooks-multipoint-door-lock-master-french-door-lock-section","title":"C-TS Latch Deadbolt 2 Rollers 2 Hooks Multipoint Door Lock - Master French Door Lock Section","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Maco C-TS Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Maco C-TS multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration of 2 Rollers, 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Introduced in 2012, the C-TS locks have replaced the older G-TS range, offering a split spindle function that allows for both lift lever and split spindle operation. This makes it a versatile replacement option for the G-TS series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily identifiable by the Maco logo on the faceplate and the unique shape of the locking gearboxes, the C-TS locks ensure you have the right product for your needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in traditional 16mm and 20mm faceplates, with some models featuring a \"Top Hat\" faceplate for a seamless finish. This innovative design covers routing details while maintaining aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rounded shape of both the main gearbox and hook boxes sets the C-TS apart, with a notably compact size of 202mm high, making it one of the smaller gearboxes available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Latch Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock features a unique \"soft\" latch design, which is split in half. Note that Maco offers various latch variants, so this feature alone may not definitively identify the lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e The latch and deadbolt measure 30mm high, with a spacing of 55mm between them. Installation requires careful measurement, allowing for a 2-3mm adjustment for the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e The C-TS locks come with two hook locking arrangements: a standard uni-directional hook and a higher security hook with an anti-lift pin, providing additional protection against unauthorized access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Known as i.S. cams, these hardened steel rollers assist in compression, pulling the door against the frame to prevent dust and water ingress, while also helping to maintain the door's structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEndurance Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Maco C-TS locks have been endurance tested to withstand 100,000 cycles, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the Maco C-TS multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Maco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1045mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1045mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 375mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 670mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 472mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 573mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Maco C-TS multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is crucial for selecting the correct backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler to measure this accurately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the appropriate option from the drop-down menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your Maco C-TS lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Maco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354828210265,"sku":"DF-MCTS352H2REXT","price":99.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354828243033,"sku":"DF-MCTS452H2REXT","price":99.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MCTS352H2REXT_1.avif?v=1779856472"},{"product_id":"a-ts-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-automatic-locking-multipoint-door-lock","title":"A-TS Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Automatic Locking Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Maco A-TS Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Maco A-TS multipoint door lock is engineered for security and convenience, featuring a robust design with 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, 1 latch, and 2 autolatches. This innovative locking system ensures maximum protection while offering versatile opening options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The A-TS lock engages automatically upon closing the door, securing it in three places—two hooks and a deadbolt—without the need for a key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Door Seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e The locking system provides immediate and consistent gasket compression, effectively sealing the door against draughts and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Trigger System:\u003c\/strong\u003e A built-in magnetic trigger ensures all latches engage perfectly every time the door is closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The A-TS lock is compatible with the earlier Maco Z-TA model, allowing for easy upgrades or replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measuring 202mm high, the A-TS gearbox is one of the smallest available, featuring a unique \"soft\" latch design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both measure 30mm high, with a spacing of 55mm between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top screw to the center measures 102mm, while the center to the bottom screw measures 110mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simply close the door. The latches will engage the hooks and deadbolt automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a key from the outside or a thumbturn\/handle from the inside. A single key turn will unlock the mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadlocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e For added security, turn the key to deadlock the mechanism after closing the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a variety of accessories for the Maco A-TS multipoint door lock, including keeps, spindles, handles, and more, ensuring you have everything needed for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is suitable for various door types, including UPVC, aluminum, timber, and composite doors, making it a versatile choice for any security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Maco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutolatches: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1750mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Maco A-TS multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure this measurement is consistent for proper alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure compatibility with the Maco A-TS lock for a seamless fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for a successful installation and optimal performance of your door lock system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Maco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm - Automatic Locking \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354834042969,"sku":"DF-MZTA352H","price":199.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm - Automatic Locking \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354834075737,"sku":"DF-MZTA452H","price":209.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MZTA352H_1.jpg?v=1779858953"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hook-2-roller-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-710mm","title":"Latch 3 Hook 2 Roller Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 710mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Ingenious Professional Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious Professional multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and convenience, featuring a robust configuration of 2 rollers, 3 hooks, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for homeowners seeking reliable protection for their doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifying Your Ingenious Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying an Ingenious lock is straightforward, but be mindful of a few common pitfalls. If the lock remains installed, check for the brand stamped on the faceplate. Some models may also display the Secured By Design logo. Look for a small black snib located below the latch; however, note that other brands like ERA and Kenrick may also have similar features. All Ingenious locks are characterized by a central hook that throws downward, distinguishing them from deadbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accurate identification, we recommend removing the multipoint lock from the door, especially if the brand is not visible or if it has been rebranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious gearboxes are notable for their unique double spindle arrangement, with centers at 62mm and 92mm. Both followers are unsprung, so we advise using sprung door furniture for optimal performance. The top corner of the gearbox features a cut-out design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Hole Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed with 3 screw holes\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop to Middle: 110mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle to Bottom: 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook and latch, each measuring 30mm in height, are spaced 75mm apart. When measuring the backset, remember to account for a 2-3mm allowance for the faceplate; thus, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when detached from the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConvenience Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious multipoint door gearboxes include a small plastic snib on the faceplate, allowing you to hold the latch back for convenience and to avoid accidental lockouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComparative Analysis\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile Ingenious gearboxes may resemble the Fullex XL series (also 230mm), you can confirm authenticity by comparing the hook boxes against reference images, as they have distinct features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook Locking Arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious locks offer various hook locking arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically throws upwards, regardless of its position on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuplex Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e A higher security option featuring dual cast zinc hooks that throw towards each other, resembling crab claws. The Duplex locks have a larger hook case, so if you're upgrading, ensure the routing on the door can accommodate this change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers serve to compress the door against the frame, minimizing dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they help prevent door warping by providing support across the full height of the door, contingent on the rollers being properly engaged in their keeps. Rollers are usually adjustable by 2mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ingenious multipoint door lock combines functionality with security, making it an excellent choice for any entryway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ingenious\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1420mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1619mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 710mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 710mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 819mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This will help you select the correct lock configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the lock from the door and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This ensures compatibility with your door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that the Ingenious multipoint door lock meets your security needs while providing ease of installation and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ingenious","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ 1040mm - 1229mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354884407385,"sku":"DF-ING353H2RF16EXT","price":70.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ 1420mm - 1619mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354884440153,"sku":"DF-ING353H2RF16","price":78.47,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ING353H2RF16EXT_1_18.avif?v=1779859543"},{"product_id":"duplex-latch-5-hook-2-roller-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-733mm","title":"Duplex Latch 5 Hook 2 Roller Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 733mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Ingenious Duplex Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and ease of use, featuring 2 rollers, 5 hooks, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for homeowners seeking a reliable and robust locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifying Your Ingenious Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying an Ingenious lock is straightforward. Look for the brand stamped on the faceplate, and check for the Secured By Design logo. If the lock is still installed, a small black snib below the latch can help confirm its identity. However, be aware that other brands like ERA and Kenrick may also have similar features. All Ingenious locks are characterized by a central hook that throws downward, distinguishing them from deadbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the most accurate identification, we recommend removing the multipoint lock from the door, especially if the brand is not visible or if it has been rebranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious gearboxes feature a unique double spindle arrangement with centers at 62mm and 92mm. Both followers are unsprung, so using sprung door furniture is advisable. The top corner of the gearbox is cut out for easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Hole Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop to Middle: 110mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle to Bottom: 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook and latch are both 30mm high, with a distance of 75mm between them. When measuring the backset, remember to allow 2-3mm for the faceplate; thus, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when not fixed to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious multipoint door gearboxes include a small plastic snib on the faceplate, which can hold the latch back for convenience and prevent accidental lockouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook Locking Arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious locks come with two types of hook arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically throws upwards, regardless of its position on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuplex Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers higher security with a pair of cast zinc hooks that throw towards each other, resembling crab claws. The Duplex locks have a larger hook case than standard hooks, so if you're upgrading, ensure the routing on the door can accommodate this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRollers and Their Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers are essential for compression, pulling the door against the frame to prevent dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they help prevent warping by supporting the door's full height. Ensure the rollers are engaged in their keeps for optimal performance. They are typically adjustable by 1-2mm for the best weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating the Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock combines security and functionality, making it a top choice for safeguarding your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Ingenious\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1466mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1711mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 846mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 865mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the measurement is straight and not angled for accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance between the centers of the keyhole and the handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a ruler or tape measure for precise measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to account for any additional features or cutouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for ensuring a proper fit and optimal functionality of your Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ingenious","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ 1466mm - 1711mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354884997209,"sku":"DF-ING355H2RF16","price":93.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ING355H2RF16_1_2.jpg?v=1779860093"},{"product_id":"duplex-latch-5-hooks-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Duplex Latch 5 Hooks Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Ingenious Duplex Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock is a robust security solution featuring 5 hooks and 1 latch, specifically designed for composite doors. With a 20mm faceplate, this lock ensures durability and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying an Ingenious lock is straightforward, but be cautious of potential pitfalls. If the lock remains installed, check for the brand stamped on the faceplate. Some models may also display the Secured By Design logo. Look for a small black snib below the latch for additional verification. However, note that other brands like ERA and Kenrick may also have similar features, so removing the lock from the door is advisable for accurate identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious gearboxes are characterized by a unique double spindle arrangement with centers at 62mm and 92mm. Both followers are unsprung, so it’s recommended to use sprung door furniture. The gearbox measures 230mm in height and is secured to the faceplate with three screw holes, with specific measurements between the holes for precise installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious lock features a small plastic snib on the faceplate, allowing for convenient latch holding to prevent accidental lockouts. The design includes two types of hook arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: Typically throws upwards, regardless of its position on the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDuplex Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers higher security with a pair of cast zinc hooks that throw towards each other, resembling crab claws. The Duplex hook case is larger, so ensure the routing on the door is adequate if upgrading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Ingenious\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1466mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly within the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle. This will help you determine the correct positioning for both the locking mechanism and the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, you should measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures that the new lock will fit seamlessly into the existing cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure a perfect fit for your Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock, enhancing both security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ingenious","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43354894205017,"sku":"DF-ING355HR20","price":78.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ING455HR20_1.jpg?v=1779860470"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-pin-bolts-keywind-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Pin Bolts Keywind Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis keywind Glutz multipoint is available in a 60mm backset.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product specifications are as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres (PZ)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 78mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 205mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: Backset + 29mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1788mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between pin bolts\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1534mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese dimensions ensure a precise fit and optimal performance for your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Glutz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43354918748249,"sku":"DF-18931R2060","price":299.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/18931R2060_1_2.avif?v=1779861068"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hookbolts-2-deadbolt-attachments-for-shootbolts-lift-lever-or-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 3 Hookbolts 2 Deadbolt Attachments for Shootbolts Lift Lever or Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 3 lock is designed for security and durability, featuring a 35mm backset that ensures a perfect fit for various door types. This lock is ideal for both residential and commercial applications, providing peace of mind with its robust construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres (PZ)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 92\/62mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 228mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: Backset + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1990mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Hook Bolts\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock combines advanced technology with user-friendly features, making it a reliable choice for enhancing your property's security.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43354920550489,"sku":"DF-MA85009SA","price":164.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MA85009SA_1_2.jpg?v=1779861265"},{"product_id":"z-ts-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-flat-16mm-faceplate-multipoint-door-lock-key-wind","title":"Z-TS Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Flat 16mm Faceplate Multipoint Door Lock - Key Wind","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Maco 4 Roller Key Wind Lock, a robust and reliable locking solution designed for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis lock features a 16mm flat faceplate and is available with a backset of 35mm, 45mm, or 50mm, making it versatile for various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 218mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 17.5mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1635mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is engineered for durability and ease of use, ensuring your security needs are met with precision.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Maco","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":43354945192025,"sku":"DF-230690","price":137.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":43354945224793,"sku":"DF-230692","price":137.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm","offer_id":43354945257561,"sku":"DF-230693","price":138.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/230690_1_3.avif?v=1779861500"},{"product_id":"3-latch-3-hooks-2-deadbolts-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"3 Latch 3 Hooks 2 Deadbolts Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Millenco Mantis 3 Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 3 multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and ease of use, featuring a robust locking mechanism that includes 3 hooks, 2 deadbolts, and 1 latch, with provisions for top and bottom shootbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains the classic 92mm centres while incorporating the unique hook and deadbolt locking points from the Mantis 1 and 2 series, but without rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThird Generation Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 3 represents the evolution of Millenco locks, now part of the Yale group, offering standardized measurements of 92mm and 62mm centres (PZ).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose from three configurations:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 hooks and 3 deadbolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hooks and 2 deadbolts with 2 rollers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassive lock version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Historically available with a 20mm faceplate, the Mantis 3 is now exclusively offered with a 16mm faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying a Millenco Mantis 3 lock can be tricky. Look for the unique hook and deadbolt arrangement at the locking points and measure the centres to confirm they are 92mm\/62mm. Early versions may lack branding on the faceplate, so this method is crucial for accurate identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarlier Mantis 3 locks may have slightly different hook positions, typically within 20mm, allowing for compatibility with older versions with minimal adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in a double spindle for lift lever or double spindle nightlatch operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed at 35mm, with options for either a hook or deadbolt in the main gearbox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes measure 228mm high by 50mm wide. Hookbolt versions include a central hook bolt that throws downwards (30mm high) and a latch (30mm high), with a 78mm gap between them. The deadbolt version shares these dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEase of Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike previous models, the Mantis 3 gearbox can be easily removed by unscrewing three fixing screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Millenco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1316mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1990mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Millenco Mantis 3 lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, determine the distance between the two fixing holes of the lock. This will confirm if your lock aligns with the standard 92mm or 62mm centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the width of the faceplate where it meets the door. This will help you select the correct faceplate option from the drop-down menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSelect the operation type based on how you intend to use the lock. Options may include lift lever or nightlatch operation, depending on your security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever Or Double Spindle Nightlatch","offer_id":43354946895961,"sku":"DF-MA84019SA","price":149.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MA84019SA_1_3.jpg?v=1779862578"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-anti-lift-pins-2-rollers-lift-lever-or-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-618mm","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Anti Lift Pins 2 Rollers Lift Lever or Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 618mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Lockmaster multipoint door lock, designed for enhanced security and durability. This lock features a 35mm backset and includes attachments for both top and bottom shootbolts, ensuring a robust locking mechanism for your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lockmaster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/62mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1580mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with UPVC and Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint lock is perfect for enhancing the security of your doors while providing ease of use and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lockmaster","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever Or Double Spindle Nightlatch","offer_id":43355029438553,"sku":"DF-LM1035","price":115.47,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/LM1035_1_2.jpg?v=1779863344"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hooks-4-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 3 Hooks 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Lockmaster multipoint door lock, designed for enhanced security and durability. This lock features a 35mm backset and includes attachments for both top and bottom shootbolts, ensuring a robust locking mechanism for your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lockmaster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/62mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1580mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with UPVC and Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint lock is perfect for enhancing the security of your doors while providing ease of use and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ingenious","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever Or Double Spindle Nightlatch","offer_id":43355032125529,"sku":"DF-ING353H4RF16EXT","price":70.92,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ING353H4RF16EXT_1_1.jpg?v=1779863691"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-rollers-attachments-for-shootbolts-lift-lever-or-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Rollers Attachments for Shootbolts Lift Lever or Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Maco lock, a reliable security solution featuring two rollers with attachments for shootbolts. This lock is designed with a 45mm backset, ensuring compatibility with a variety of door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maco\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between roller bolts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 202mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 18mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Maco lock is perfect for enhancing the security of your doors while providing ease of operation and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Maco","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever Or Split Spindle Nightlatch","offer_id":43355039432793,"sku":"DF-MCTS452R","price":124.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MCTS452R_1_3.jpg?v=1779864068"},{"product_id":"latch-3-deadbolts-4-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-1","title":"Latch 3 Deadbolts 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Avocet Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and durability, featuring a robust configuration of 4 rollers, 3 deadbolts, and 1 latch. This lock is engineered to provide peace of mind while ensuring ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Locking Positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The original Avocet design incorporates distinctive locking positions for added security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in a Trivalent silver finish, with a stainless steel option available by special order for harsher environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily identifiable by faceplates stamped with the Avocet logo or the older \"WMS\" logo. The uniquely shaped gearboxes feature a cut-out extending below the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Originally offered in various configurations, including hooks and rollers, with notable exceptions for specific models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSash Lifter Device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some models include a \"sash lifter\" for improved alignment, though replacements are recommended for discontinued versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most locks are designed with a 35mm backset, while the Affinity Bastion lock accommodates a 45mm backset for composite doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Spindle Nightlatch Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Current models are available only in this configuration, with options for lift lever functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with Shootbolts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for PVCu doors with a flat 16mm faceplate, allowing for shootbolt integration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 218mm high, with a backset measurement of 35mm plus 15mm for the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt and Roller Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deadbolts feature a 20mm throw made from nickel-plated brass, while rollers are also nickel-plated for durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key retracts the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compliant with BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4, tested for 100,000 cycles, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor assistance in finding the best replacements or for any inquiries regarding Avocet multipoint door locks, please contact us. Your security is our priority!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 380mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1565mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1920mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 795mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Deadbolt to Spindle: 685mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Deadbolt to Spindle: 715mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring a proper fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This will help you determine the correct PZ measurement for your lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. Ensure to account for any additional features or cutouts that may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have any further questions or need assistance with your Avocet multipoint door lock, feel free to reach out! Your security is our priority!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43355059716185,"sku":"DF-KMB353DB","price":66.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/KMB353DB_1_2_6650da68-b87a-48ca-b956-d4d9a345c324.jpg?v=1779864712"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-2","title":"Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Elite Multipoint Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite multipoint lock is designed for versatility and durability, featuring a single spindle Roto gearbox that caters to a variety of applications. Manufactured in Europe, these locks are enhanced with a \"Silbear\" coating, providing an impressive 480 hours of salt spray protection, ensuring longevity even in harsh environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification and Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo identify an Elite lock, look for the stamped Elite logo on the faceplate. This gearbox includes a slot and a small hole below it, designed for bolt-through handles. Notably, Elite has taken over the production of these locks from Roto-Frank, maintaining the same tooling and specifications as the original locks, with the addition of the new Silbear coating. You may recognize these locks from our catalogues as the MVD range or \"Roto mark 2\" locks. While gearboxes cannot be swapped with the original locks, a complete lock replacement is straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElite locks are available in both standard and compact versions, suitable for shorter doors. They maintain a consistent handle height of 950mm, with an overall length of 1810mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Options\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35mm single spindle lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35mm or 45mm double spindle lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGearbox: 200mm high x backset + 19mm (account for 2mm for the faceplate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt: Projects 20mm, 32mm high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 30mm high, projects 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 63mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres: Positioned at 62mm and 92mm, with the top spindle 122mm from the bottom of the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lock features rollers that assist in compressing the door against the frame, minimizing dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they help prevent warping by supporting the door's full height, provided the rollers are properly engaged in their keeps. Elite rollers are adjustable by +\/- 1.2mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTesting Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite multipoint lock has been rigorously tested for 480 hours of salt spray exposure, meeting EN1675 Grade 5 standards, ensuring its reliability and performance in various conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Elite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 750mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1775mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 810mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 920mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Elite multipoint lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly within the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor measuring the centres, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This measurement is essential for aligning the lock correctly with the door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures that the new lock will fit seamlessly into the existing cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Selection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen selecting the operation from the drop-down, consider how you intend to use the lock. Options may include key operation, handle operation, or a combination of both, depending on your security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure a perfect fit for your Elite multipoint lock, enhancing both security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43355088617561,"sku":"DF-FU856C135","price":56.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU856C135_1_4_92d62115-c700-47dd-9138-59b6cd83f95e.jpg?v=1779865098"},{"product_id":"vectis-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Vectis Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Vectis Deadbolt Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Vectis Deadbolt multipoint door lock is engineered for security and convenience, featuring a robust design that includes 4 rollers, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for enhancing the safety of your doors while ensuring ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Locking System:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock incorporates a latch, deadbolt, and 4 rollers, providing comprehensive security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying an ERA Vectis lock can be straightforward. Look for the 5 lever mortice lock key or a UK keyhole. The holdback snib color can also indicate the brand—grey for deadbolt and hook bolt locks, blue for Vectis locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHistorical Context:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some ERA locks may be referred to as Saracen, a nod to their origins in the double glazing industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e This feature simplifies replacements, focusing on one locking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e ERA Vectis locks share levers with the British Standard ERA Fortress mortice lock, allowing for key-alike options with timber doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The distinctive square design of the ERA Vectis gearbox, measuring 221mm in length, is a key identifier. The width is the backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 35mm or 45mm backsets, with all gearboxes maintaining the same dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured with 4 screws, with specific measurements between each screw hole for accurate installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance Standards:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets BS EN 1670:2007 Grade 4 standards (240 hours).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEndurance Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to withstand 50,000 cycles, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to meet PAS24:2012 requirements for enhanced security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 670mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1610mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2250mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 880mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your ERA Vectis Deadbolt multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This will give you the backset size needed for your lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This is crucial for ensuring that the lock aligns properly with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, you will need to measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures that the new faceplate will fit seamlessly into the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the specific model. Ensure to select the correct operation type from the drop-down menu based on your door's requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure a perfect fit for your ERA Vectis Deadbolt multipoint door lock, enhancing both security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43355095924825,"sku":"DF-V503519AA","price":158.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/V503519AA_1_2.jpg?v=1779865578"},{"product_id":"856-type-4-latch-deadbolt-4-hooks-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-1","title":"856 Type 4 Latch Deadbolt 4 Hooks Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 856 - Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 856 multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring 4 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This versatile lock is suitable for both timber and UPVC doors, making it a popular choice for various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e While primarily fitted to UPVC doors, the Fuhr 856 series is adaptable to all door types, ensuring a secure fit regardless of material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock operates via a solid spindle lift lever mechanism, requiring the handle to be lifted to engage the locking points, providing a reliable locking experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward once removed from the door. The unique gearbox design, characterized by a triangular shape at the top, ensures easy recognition among different models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt throws 20mm, with variations for specific backset locks (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backsets). The lock's dimensions are 220mm in length, with a width of 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Security Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock includes a ball bearing and spring mechanism for a positive locking feel, ensuring a secure operation. Replacement gearboxes from Duffells come pre-fitted with these components for seamless installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock, be aware of potential differences in latch height between older (28mm) and newer (33mm) versions. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1489mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 728mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 761mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 856 lock installation, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This measurement is essential for aligning the lock correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This will help you select the correct faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measuring instructions, you can ensure a seamless installation of your Fuhr 856 multipoint door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43355099824217,"sku":"DF-FU856T435","price":214.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU856T435_1_2_aaff03ff-3d2f-4a1d-854b-0ac66641479d.jpg?v=1779865960"},{"product_id":"859-type-17-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-1","title":"859 Type 17 Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers 2 Hooks Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 859 series multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and versatility, featuring a robust configuration of 4 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is suitable for all door types, making it an ideal choice for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 859 series utilizes a split spindle nightlatch operation, allowing for seamless locking and unlocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e This multipoint lock is compatible with various door types and is similar in function to the 856 and 855 versions, with the added benefit of a split spindle feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward once removed from the door. The unique gearbox design, characterized by a triangular shape at the top, ensures easy recognition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt throws 20mm for standard locks, while 25mm and 30mm backset locks throw 14mm. The gearbox dimensions are 220mm in length, with a width of 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Security Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuhr locks come pre-fitted with a ball bearing and spring, providing a more positive locking feel. This feature is crucial for ensuring reliable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock or gearbox, be mindful of potential latch height differences. Older models may have a 28mm high latch, while newer versions feature a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage all locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1510mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 485mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 530mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 780mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 859 multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a tape measure to find this distance accurately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This will help you select the correct size from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can ensure that your lock installation is seamless and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43355103264857,"sku":"DF-FU859T1735","price":154.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU859T1735_1.jpg?v=1779866305"},{"product_id":"859-type-19-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-1","title":"859 Type 19 Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers 2 Hooks Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 859 series multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and versatility, featuring a robust configuration of 4 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is suitable for all door types, making it an ideal choice for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Security:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 859 series incorporates a split spindle nightlatch operation, ensuring multiple locking points engage simultaneously for maximum security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e This lock is compatible with various door types and is similar in function to the 856 and 855 versions, with the added benefit of the split spindle feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward once removed from the door, thanks to its unique gearbox design. The triangular shape at the top of the gearbox is a key identifier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Throw:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm x width + 18mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31mm each, with a 61mm distance between them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured with 3 screws, with specific distances between them for easy installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr locks come equipped with a pre-fitted ball bearing and spring, providing a more positive locking feel. This feature is crucial for ensuring smooth operation and reliability. Be cautious of replacement gearboxes that may lack this essential component, as it can affect performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock, be aware that latch heights may vary. Older models feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBifold Door Gearboxes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pay attention to 30mm gearboxes used in bifold doors, as they are not interchangeable with standard models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuhr hooks throw 20mm upwards from a case measuring 135.5mm high x 40mm wide x 15mm thick, providing reliable engagement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Cam Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roller cams travel 19mm with an adjustment range of +\/- 0.8mm, allowing for precise alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage all locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 775mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1247mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 480mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 603mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 644mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 859 lock installation, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler or tape measure for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine its width and height. This will help in selecting the correct faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSelect the operation type based on your door's requirements. This could include options like single or double action, depending on how the door opens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement tips, you can ensure a seamless installation of your Fuhr 859 multipoint door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43355107065945,"sku":"DF-FU859T1935","price":155.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU859T1735_1.jpg?v=1779866305"},{"product_id":"859-type-4-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-16mm-faceplate-top-hook-to-spindle-730mm-1","title":"859 Type 4 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - 16mm Faceplate (top hook to spindle = 730mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 859 series multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and versatility, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for various door types, ensuring a reliable locking mechanism for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The unique split spindle function allows for seamless operation, making it user-friendly while maintaining high security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for all door types, the 859 series is comparable to the 856 and 855 versions, providing flexibility in installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearbox is easily identifiable, featuring a triangular shape at the top, which aids in recognizing Fuhr locks. The name is typically stamped on the faceplate for authenticity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt throws 20mm for standard locks, while 25mm and 30mm backset locks throw 14mm. The gearbox dimensions are 220mm x width + 18mm, ensuring a snug fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Security Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each lock comes with a pre-fitted ball bearing and spring, providing a positive locking feel when operated. This feature distinguishes genuine Fuhr locks from inferior replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr lock or gearbox, be aware of potential differences in latch height. Older models may have a 28mm high latch, while newer versions feature a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage all locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the deadbolt by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure proper installation and compatibility, follow these measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock fits correctly within the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This is typically 92mm for the Fuhr 859 series, ensuring that both components align perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This will help you select the correct size from the drop-down options available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure a seamless installation process for your Fuhr 859 multipoint door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43355110604889,"sku":"DF-FU859T445SS","price":227.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU859T445SS_1_5200980e-78a1-47a2-b81e-99a379b8bbb7.jpg?v=1779866954"},{"product_id":"855-type-4-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-key-wind-operated-multipoint-door-lock-1","title":"855 Type 4 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Key Wind Operated Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 855 Key Wind Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 855 Key Wind multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and versatility, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is suitable for all door types, making it an ideal choice for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Security:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock operates with a key wind mechanism, ensuring that all locking points are securely engaged with just two full turns of the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fuhr 855 series is compatible with various door types and is built on a common platform with other models like the 856 and 859, allowing for easy integration and replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward due to its unique gearbox shape, which features a triangular top adjacent to the fixing screw. This design is consistent across the series, ensuring reliability and ease of recognition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock includes a deadbolt that throws 20mm, with specific models offering a 14mm throw for 25mm and 30mm backset locks. The gearbox dimensions are 220mm in length, with a width of 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock is operated using a key from the outside, while a lever handle from the inside allows for easy access. The latch can be engaged automatically upon closing the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock, it’s essential to note that latch heights may vary between older and newer models. The older versions feature a 28mm high latch, while newer models have a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperational Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to retract the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn will retract the latch for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 855 Key Wind multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is your backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This is the PZ measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the correct faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe operation refers to how the lock engages and disengages. Ensure to select the appropriate option based on your door's requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure a proper fit for your new lock, enhancing both security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Key Wind","offer_id":43355237711961,"sku":"DF-FU855T445","price":294.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU855T445_1_e9740277-92d2-4c52-a3c2-a203bdcdd360.jpg?v=1779875493"},{"product_id":"xl-lift-lever-passive-lock-1","title":"XL Lift Lever Passive Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fullex Passive multipoint door lock is designed specifically for the secondary door in a pair of French doors, ensuring enhanced security and functionality. This innovative lock features no locking points on its own, making it an ideal choice for passive doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatest Security Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e: The XL model is Fullex's newest and most secure lock, providing peace of mind for homeowners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShootbolt Attachments\u003c\/strong\u003e: This version includes attachments for top and bottom shootbolts, which work in tandem with the primary lock to secure the door effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Locking System\u003c\/strong\u003e: When used alongside a primary multipoint door lock, the passive lock engages shoot bolts that secure the secondary door leaf to the frame, enhancing overall door security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fullex Passive multipoint door lock combines ease of use with robust security features, making it a perfect addition to your French door setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1960mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure you select the correct specifications for your Fullex Passive multipoint door lock, here are some helpful measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the door is closed for an accurate measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis measurement is crucial for proper alignment and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis will help you select the correct faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your door lock installation is seamless and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43355310096473,"sku":"DF-FUXLSLAVE","price":89.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FUXLSLAVE_1_eabfa815-dae0-4580-9aed-a66a4a235107.jpg?v=1779875867"},{"product_id":"3-lift-lever-passive-lock","title":"3 Lift Lever Passive Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Millenco Mantis 3 Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 3 multipoint door lock is designed specifically for the passive door in a pair of French doors, featuring no locking points. This version, known as the slave door variant, is equipped with 92mm centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThird Generation Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 3 is part of the third generation of Millenco locks, offering improved measurements of 92mm and 62mm centres (PZ), and is now under the Yale group of companies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 3 comes in three configurations:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 hooks and 3 deadbolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hooks and 2 deadbolts with 2 rollers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassive lock version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Historically available with a 20mm faceplate, the Mantis 3 is now exclusively offered with a 16mm faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying a Millenco Mantis 3 lock can be challenging compared to the original Mantis 1 and 2. To confirm you have the correct lock:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the locking points for the unique hook and deadbolt arrangement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the centres to ensure they are 92mm\/62mm, as early versions may lack branding on the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarlier Mantis 3 locks had hook positions that differed slightly from modern versions, typically by about 20mm, allowing for compatibility with older models with minimal adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 3 gearbox is available in a double spindle for lift lever or double spindle nightlatch operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e The only backset option is 35mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes measure 228mm high by 50mm wide. Hookbolt versions include a central hook bolt that throws downwards, measuring 30mm high, alongside a latch of the same height. The distance between the latch and hook is 78mm. The deadbolt version shares these dimensions but replaces the hookbolt with a deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike previous Mantis gearboxes, the Mantis 3 gearbox can be easily removed by unscrewing three fixing screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive overview ensures you have all the necessary information to effectively utilize and identify the Millenco Mantis 3 multipoint door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43355316125785,"sku":"DF-MA80011SA","price":91.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MA80011SA_1.jpg?v=1779876539"},{"product_id":"2-latch-3-hooks-2-deadbolts-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-option-1-16mm-faceplate","title":"2 Latch 3 Hooks 2 Deadbolts Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - Option 1 - 16mm Faceplate","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Millenco Mantis 2 Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 2 multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration of 3 hooks, 2 deadbolts, and 1 latch. This second-generation lock is engineered with precision, offering unique measurements of 65mm and 95mm centres, making it ideal for master doors in French door setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariations Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 2 comes in three distinct variants:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hooks and 2 deadbolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hooks and 2 deadbolts with 2 rollers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassive lock version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Historically available with a 20mm faceplate, the Mantis 2 is now exclusively offered with a 16mm faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily identifiable by its double spindle and unique centre measurements, the Mantis 2 is the only lock of its kind on the market. Early versions may lack branding on the faceplate, so checking these specifications is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 2 gearbox is available in a single configuration with a backset of 35mm, designed for double spindle lift lever or nightlatch operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearbox measures 205mm in height and 55mm in width, featuring a central hook bolt that is 45mm high and a latch measuring 23mm high with an 11mm projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage all locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 2 multipoint door lock combines security, ease of use, and innovative design, making it a reliable choice for homeowners seeking to enhance their door security. With its unique features and straightforward operation, it stands out as a top-tier locking solution.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43355322613849,"sku":"DF-MA3023","price":234.13,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MA3023_1_1.avif?v=1779877008"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hooks-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 3 Hooks Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Safeware Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Safeware multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and ease of use, featuring a robust configuration of 3 hooks and 1 latch. This lock is specifically engineered to fit a wide range of Epwin Window Systems doors, providing a reliable locking solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock incorporates a gearbox with a hook, which is an extended version of the Lockmaster centre case. This unique design ensures compatibility and functionality across various door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Locking Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safeware locks come in three distinct designs, offering hooks, rollers, and a combination of hook\/deadbolt locking points to cater to different security needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Safeware gearboxes are the largest available on the market, measuring 255mm in height and 50mm in width. The latch and hook each measure 30mm high, with an 80mm distance between the bottom of the latch and the top of the hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Due to the length of the gearboxes, they are secured to their faceplates with four screws, positioned at specific intervals (55mm, 80mm, and 108mm) for added stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBi-Directional Hooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e The hooks are designed to move towards each other when thrown, providing an additional layer of security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Safeware multipoint door lock combines advanced security features with user-friendly operation, making it an ideal choice for homeowners seeking peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Safeware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1290mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2096mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 645mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 645mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Safeware multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the Centres PZ, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This will help you select the correct locking mechanism for your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, you need to measure the width and height of the area where the faceplate will be installed. This ensures a snug fit and optimal security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement instructions, you can confidently select the right specifications for your Safeware multipoint door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Safeware","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43355327037529,"sku":"DF-SAFEWARE3","price":114.33,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/SAFEWARE3_1.jpg?v=1779877316"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hooks-2-deadbolts-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 3 Hooks 2 Deadbolts Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Safeware Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Safeware multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and ease of use, featuring a robust configuration of 3 hooks, 2 deadbolts, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for a variety of applications, particularly with Epwin Window Systems doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e While based on the Lockmaster product line, Safeware locks incorporate a distinctive design that sets them apart, ensuring both functionality and aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Locking Mechanisms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in three designs, Safeware locks offer options with hooks, rollers, and a combination of hook\/deadbolt locking points to suit different security needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Safeware gearbox is visually similar to the Lockmaster range but features a longer case. It operates with a central hook that throws downwards and is available in double spindle operation only, with PZ measurements of 92mm and 62mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearboxes are the largest on the market, measuring 255mm high and 50mm wide. The latch and hook each measure 30mm high, with an 80mm distance between the bottom of the latch and the top of the hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Due to their length, these gearboxes are secured to their faceplates with four screws, positioned at 55mm, 80mm, and 108mm intervals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBi-Directional Hooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Safeware hooks are designed to move towards each other when thrown, providing an additional layer of security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint door lock combines advanced security features with user-friendly operation, making it an excellent choice for safeguarding your property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Safeware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1300mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1380mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2096mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 650mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 650mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This will give you the backset measurement needed for proper installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This is crucial for ensuring that the lock aligns correctly with the door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the area where the faceplate will be installed. Ensure to account for any existing cutouts or recesses in the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that the Safeware multipoint door lock fits perfectly and operates smoothly, providing optimal security for your property.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Safeware","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43355331264601,"sku":"DF-SAFEWARE8","price":124.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/SAFEWARE8_1_3.jpg?v=1779877922"}],"url":"https:\/\/metalix.co.uk\/collections\/door-locks.oembed?page=17","provider":"Metalix Hardware","version":"1.0","type":"link"}